advising ultra-affl uent clients and family offi ces · advising ultra-affluent clients and...
TRANSCRIPT
Po
mpian
Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Fam
ily Offices
$8500 USA$10200 CAN
D espite the downturn in fi nancial markets
there are still a large number of ultra-affl uent
individuals and families across the globe And
in light of recent events these clientsmdashdefi ned
here as those having $50 million or more in liquid
assetsmdashneed help on a variety of fronts Thatrsquos why
author Michael Pompian an experienced invest-
ment consultant in the private wealth arena has
created this timely guide
Advising todayrsquos ultra-affl uent clients (UACs)
and family offi ces requires solid investment
knowledge and the skills to deal with ldquosoftrdquo issues
such as family governance and philanthropy
Understanding this idea and integrating it into
your professional endeavors will put you in a
better position to serve your clients as well as
excel in one of the most-dynamic segments of the
fi nancial services industry Although targeted at
fi nancial practitioners this book is also a valuable
resource for families considering whether to
establish or join a family offi ce
Divided into four comprehensive parts this
thoughtful resource opens with an informative
introduction to advising UACs including a detailed
discussion of which clients are considered ldquoultra-
affl uentrdquo and an in-depth look at their attitudes
aspirations and investment behavior Part II
outlines various investment strategies for UACs
examining the best practices of top investment
organizations and reviewing many of the alterna-
tive investments available to UACs Part III takes
the time to outline the key aspects of advising
multigenerational familiesmdashincluding selecting
an adviser considerations for creating a family
offi ce selecting an investment vehicle structure
and wealth transfer Part IV rounds out this
extensive exploration of advising the ultra-affl uent
by covering special topics in advising UACs such
as family governance equity risk management
philanthropy asset protection and developing a
multigenerational asset allocation strategy
Working with the ultra-affl uent has great upside
potential especially given the generational
transition of wealth that is taking place globally
In order to take advantage of this opportunity
you need to gain a fundamental understanding
of both the investment and noninvestment
issues that affect ultra-affl uent clients Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices contains
the practical insights and expert advice that
will allow readers to successfully navigate this
complex fi eld and effectively serve some of
todayrsquos most sophisticated investors
MICHAEL M POMPIAN CFA CFP is the director of the Private
Wealth Consulting Group for
Hammond Associatesmdashbased
in St Louis Missourimdashwhich
consults to over $55 billion He
works with some of the largest family offi ces in
the United States Prior to joining Hammond
Associates Pompian was a wealth manage-
ment adviser with Merrill Lynch a private banker
with PNC Private Bank and served on the
investment staff of a family offi ce He earned an
MBA from Tulane University and holds a BS in
management from the University of New Hamp-
shire Pompian is a member of CFA Institute
and the New York Society of Securities Analysts
He is also the author of Behavioral Finance and
Wealth Management (Wiley amp Sons) Pompian is
married with three sons and can be reached at
mpompianhaifccom
Jacket Design Loretta Leiva
Jacket Photograph copy Getty Images
( c o n t i n u e d o n b a c k f l a p )
( c o n t i n u e d f r o m f r o n t f l a p )
ldquoMichael Pompianrsquos book Advising Ultra-Affl uent Clients and Family Offi ces is noteworthy for its com-prehensiveness Michael combines lsquothe big picturersquo with detailed prescriptive and actionable strat-egies advisers to wealthy families will receive a detailed understanding of how a quickly evolving landscape impacts their business and its implications for their clientsrdquo
mdashJohn Benevides President Family Offi ce Exchange
ldquoThis book should be on the reading list of anyone who wants to be a full-fl edged professional in our industry Michael Pompian has wisely chosen to focus on practical descriptions and recommendations in my view this is a great plus as we need more educational resources in this fi eld Congratulations The book is well worth readingrdquo
mdashJean LP Brunel CFA Managing Principal Brunel Associates LLC
ldquoUltra-affl uent clients want information and advice integrated and in real time So planning investing and measuring become a continuous process This is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insightful road map which outlines the process components and human factors needed to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise to follow Michaelrsquos leadrdquo
mdashStephen Martiros founder Summitas (wwwsummitascom) Managing Partner CCC Alliance (wwwcccalliancecom)
ldquoAs wealthy families become more globalized their needs for wealth preservation and growth have be-come more complex and sophisticated in times of fi nancial uncertainty Michael Pompian has crafted an insightful and comprehensive guide for enhancing your own capabilities and awareness on how to advise the most demanding clients A must-read for all fi nancial advisersrdquo
mdashDr Kurt Moosmann MBA TEP CFP cofounder and Managing Partner of Dara Capital Ltd Zurich Switzerland
ldquoWithout incorporating the critical components of effective family governance and the awareness of generational and behavioral issues families of wealth and their advisers are operating blind in their wealth management pursuits Michael Pompianrsquos book gives both advisers and family members es-sential insights for discovering the risk factors they must consider in todayrsquos environment and in fi nding the resources required to provide consummate solutionsrdquo
mdashLisa Gray graymatter Strategies LLC author of The New Family Offi ce and Generational Wealth Management
ldquoAdvising Ultra-Affl uent Clients and Family Offi ces is a valuable lsquohandbookrsquo that covers all the major areas of wealth management While Mr Pompian has written the book primarily for wealth advisers Advising Ultra-Affl uent Clients and Family Offi ces will provide invaluable insights to ultra-affl uent indi-viduals and families particularly those who are thinking about setting up a family offi ce or becoming clients of a multifamily offi cerdquo
mdashPaul R Perez CFA Managing Director Family Advisory Services Northern Trust
ldquoI like the way Michael Pompian presents this material It covers the waterfront with a clear concise and compelling treatment This book will prove useful for family members and family offi ce executives I especially admire the multigenerational orientationrdquo
mdashBradley G Fisher CEO Springcreek Advisors LLC (Multi-Family Offi ce) Corte Madera California
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family OfficesPraise for
wileyfi nancecom
Advising Ultra-Affl uentClients and Family Offi ces
Michael M Pompian cfa cfp
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
ind JWBT069Pompian March 12 2009 1315 Printer Yet to come
396
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
i
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Founded in 1807 John Wiley amp Sons is the oldest independent publish-ing company in the United States With offices in North America EuropeAustralia and Asia Wiley is globally committed to developing and market-ing print and electronic products and services for our customersrsquo professionaland personal knowledge and understanding
The Wiley Finance series contains books written specifically for financeand investment professionals as well as sophisticated individual investorsand their financial advisers Book topics range from portfolio manage-ment to e-commerce risk management financial engineering valuation andfinancial instrument analysis as well as much more
For a list of available titles visit our web site at wwwWiley Financecom
ii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
MICHAEL M POMPIAN
John Wiley amp Sons Inc
iii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Copyright Ccopy 2009 by Michael M Pompian All rights reserved
Published by John Wiley amp Sons Inc Hoboken New JerseyPublished simultaneously in Canada
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted inany form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning orotherwise except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States CopyrightAct without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization throughpayment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center Inc 222Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 648-8600 or on the webat wwwcopyrightcom Requests to the Publisher for permission should be addressed to thePermissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030(201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty While the publisher and author have used theirbest efforts in preparing this book they make no representations or warranties with respect tothe accuracy or completeness of the contents of this book and specifically disclaim any impliedwarranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be createdor extended by sales representatives or written sales materials The advice and strategiescontained herein may not be suitable for your situation You should consult with aprofessional where appropriate Neither the publisher nor author shall be liable for any loss ofprofit or any other commercial damages including but not limited to special incidentalconsequential or other damages
For general information on our other products and services or for technical support pleasecontact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (800) 762-2974 outsidethe United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears inprint may not be available in electronic books For more information about Wiley productsvisit our web site at wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Pompian Michael M 1963ndashAdvising ultra-affluent clients and family offices Michael M Pompian
p cmIncludes bibliographical references and indexISBN 978-0-470-28231-1 (cloth)
1 Rich people 2 InvestmentsndashDecision making I TitleHT635P66 20093055prime234ndashdc22
2008051561
Printed in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
iv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
To all professional adviserswho make a difference in the lives of their clients
v
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
vi
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents
Foreword xiii
Preface xv
Acknowledgments xvii
PART ONEIntroduction to Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 1
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 3
Defining the Ultra-Affluent 5Quantifying Ultra-Affluence Among Total Global Wealth 10Looking to the Future 11A World of Opportunities for Advisers 17
CHAPTER 2Understanding the Mindset of the Ultra-Affluent Client 19
Why Advising the Ultra-Affluent is Different 20What Ultra-Affluent Clients Value in an Adviser 23Building Relationships by Asking Questions and
Listening to the Answers 29Matching Client with Adviser 32Consultant Questionnaire 33Conclusion 37
CHAPTER 3Wealth Attitudes Aspirations and Investor Behavior ofUltra-Affluent Clients 39
Family Aspirations 40Wealth Attitudes of Ultra-Affluent Clients 42
vii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
viii CONTENTS
Where Psychology Meets Finance 47Investor Biases 48Conclusion 60
CHAPTER 4Noninvestment Best Practices 61
The Challenges Associated with Wealth 61Guidelines for Sustaining Multigenerational Wealth 63Conclusion 71
PART TWOInvestment Strategies for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 73
CHAPTER 5Practices of the Best Investment Organizations 75
Differences between Endowments and Private Investors 76Investment Committees 77Investment Policy Statements 82Key Considerations for Portfolio Oversight 88Conclusion 93
CHAPTER 6Asset Allocation Considerations for Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices 95
What Is Asset Allocation 96The Importance of Assumptions in the Asset Allocation
Selection Process 97The Importance of Asset Allocation 99Considerations in Asset Allocation for Individual Investors 100
CHAPTER 7Domestic and International Equity 111
Introduction to US and International Equity Securities 112The Five-Step Equity Strategy Process 115
CHAPTER 8Domestic and International Bonds 135
Introduction to Bonds 137Descriptions of Bond Asset Classes 141
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
ind JWBT069Pompian March 12 2009 1315 Printer Yet to come
396
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
i
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Founded in 1807 John Wiley amp Sons is the oldest independent publish-ing company in the United States With offices in North America EuropeAustralia and Asia Wiley is globally committed to developing and market-ing print and electronic products and services for our customersrsquo professionaland personal knowledge and understanding
The Wiley Finance series contains books written specifically for financeand investment professionals as well as sophisticated individual investorsand their financial advisers Book topics range from portfolio manage-ment to e-commerce risk management financial engineering valuation andfinancial instrument analysis as well as much more
For a list of available titles visit our web site at wwwWiley Financecom
ii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
MICHAEL M POMPIAN
John Wiley amp Sons Inc
iii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Copyright Ccopy 2009 by Michael M Pompian All rights reserved
Published by John Wiley amp Sons Inc Hoboken New JerseyPublished simultaneously in Canada
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted inany form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning orotherwise except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States CopyrightAct without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization throughpayment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center Inc 222Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 648-8600 or on the webat wwwcopyrightcom Requests to the Publisher for permission should be addressed to thePermissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030(201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty While the publisher and author have used theirbest efforts in preparing this book they make no representations or warranties with respect tothe accuracy or completeness of the contents of this book and specifically disclaim any impliedwarranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be createdor extended by sales representatives or written sales materials The advice and strategiescontained herein may not be suitable for your situation You should consult with aprofessional where appropriate Neither the publisher nor author shall be liable for any loss ofprofit or any other commercial damages including but not limited to special incidentalconsequential or other damages
For general information on our other products and services or for technical support pleasecontact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (800) 762-2974 outsidethe United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears inprint may not be available in electronic books For more information about Wiley productsvisit our web site at wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Pompian Michael M 1963ndashAdvising ultra-affluent clients and family offices Michael M Pompian
p cmIncludes bibliographical references and indexISBN 978-0-470-28231-1 (cloth)
1 Rich people 2 InvestmentsndashDecision making I TitleHT635P66 20093055prime234ndashdc22
2008051561
Printed in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
iv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
To all professional adviserswho make a difference in the lives of their clients
v
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
vi
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents
Foreword xiii
Preface xv
Acknowledgments xvii
PART ONEIntroduction to Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 1
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 3
Defining the Ultra-Affluent 5Quantifying Ultra-Affluence Among Total Global Wealth 10Looking to the Future 11A World of Opportunities for Advisers 17
CHAPTER 2Understanding the Mindset of the Ultra-Affluent Client 19
Why Advising the Ultra-Affluent is Different 20What Ultra-Affluent Clients Value in an Adviser 23Building Relationships by Asking Questions and
Listening to the Answers 29Matching Client with Adviser 32Consultant Questionnaire 33Conclusion 37
CHAPTER 3Wealth Attitudes Aspirations and Investor Behavior ofUltra-Affluent Clients 39
Family Aspirations 40Wealth Attitudes of Ultra-Affluent Clients 42
vii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
viii CONTENTS
Where Psychology Meets Finance 47Investor Biases 48Conclusion 60
CHAPTER 4Noninvestment Best Practices 61
The Challenges Associated with Wealth 61Guidelines for Sustaining Multigenerational Wealth 63Conclusion 71
PART TWOInvestment Strategies for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 73
CHAPTER 5Practices of the Best Investment Organizations 75
Differences between Endowments and Private Investors 76Investment Committees 77Investment Policy Statements 82Key Considerations for Portfolio Oversight 88Conclusion 93
CHAPTER 6Asset Allocation Considerations for Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices 95
What Is Asset Allocation 96The Importance of Assumptions in the Asset Allocation
Selection Process 97The Importance of Asset Allocation 99Considerations in Asset Allocation for Individual Investors 100
CHAPTER 7Domestic and International Equity 111
Introduction to US and International Equity Securities 112The Five-Step Equity Strategy Process 115
CHAPTER 8Domestic and International Bonds 135
Introduction to Bonds 137Descriptions of Bond Asset Classes 141
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
i
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Founded in 1807 John Wiley amp Sons is the oldest independent publish-ing company in the United States With offices in North America EuropeAustralia and Asia Wiley is globally committed to developing and market-ing print and electronic products and services for our customersrsquo professionaland personal knowledge and understanding
The Wiley Finance series contains books written specifically for financeand investment professionals as well as sophisticated individual investorsand their financial advisers Book topics range from portfolio manage-ment to e-commerce risk management financial engineering valuation andfinancial instrument analysis as well as much more
For a list of available titles visit our web site at wwwWiley Financecom
ii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
MICHAEL M POMPIAN
John Wiley amp Sons Inc
iii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Copyright Ccopy 2009 by Michael M Pompian All rights reserved
Published by John Wiley amp Sons Inc Hoboken New JerseyPublished simultaneously in Canada
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted inany form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning orotherwise except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States CopyrightAct without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization throughpayment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center Inc 222Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 648-8600 or on the webat wwwcopyrightcom Requests to the Publisher for permission should be addressed to thePermissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030(201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty While the publisher and author have used theirbest efforts in preparing this book they make no representations or warranties with respect tothe accuracy or completeness of the contents of this book and specifically disclaim any impliedwarranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be createdor extended by sales representatives or written sales materials The advice and strategiescontained herein may not be suitable for your situation You should consult with aprofessional where appropriate Neither the publisher nor author shall be liable for any loss ofprofit or any other commercial damages including but not limited to special incidentalconsequential or other damages
For general information on our other products and services or for technical support pleasecontact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (800) 762-2974 outsidethe United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears inprint may not be available in electronic books For more information about Wiley productsvisit our web site at wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Pompian Michael M 1963ndashAdvising ultra-affluent clients and family offices Michael M Pompian
p cmIncludes bibliographical references and indexISBN 978-0-470-28231-1 (cloth)
1 Rich people 2 InvestmentsndashDecision making I TitleHT635P66 20093055prime234ndashdc22
2008051561
Printed in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
iv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
To all professional adviserswho make a difference in the lives of their clients
v
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
vi
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents
Foreword xiii
Preface xv
Acknowledgments xvii
PART ONEIntroduction to Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 1
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 3
Defining the Ultra-Affluent 5Quantifying Ultra-Affluence Among Total Global Wealth 10Looking to the Future 11A World of Opportunities for Advisers 17
CHAPTER 2Understanding the Mindset of the Ultra-Affluent Client 19
Why Advising the Ultra-Affluent is Different 20What Ultra-Affluent Clients Value in an Adviser 23Building Relationships by Asking Questions and
Listening to the Answers 29Matching Client with Adviser 32Consultant Questionnaire 33Conclusion 37
CHAPTER 3Wealth Attitudes Aspirations and Investor Behavior ofUltra-Affluent Clients 39
Family Aspirations 40Wealth Attitudes of Ultra-Affluent Clients 42
vii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
viii CONTENTS
Where Psychology Meets Finance 47Investor Biases 48Conclusion 60
CHAPTER 4Noninvestment Best Practices 61
The Challenges Associated with Wealth 61Guidelines for Sustaining Multigenerational Wealth 63Conclusion 71
PART TWOInvestment Strategies for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 73
CHAPTER 5Practices of the Best Investment Organizations 75
Differences between Endowments and Private Investors 76Investment Committees 77Investment Policy Statements 82Key Considerations for Portfolio Oversight 88Conclusion 93
CHAPTER 6Asset Allocation Considerations for Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices 95
What Is Asset Allocation 96The Importance of Assumptions in the Asset Allocation
Selection Process 97The Importance of Asset Allocation 99Considerations in Asset Allocation for Individual Investors 100
CHAPTER 7Domestic and International Equity 111
Introduction to US and International Equity Securities 112The Five-Step Equity Strategy Process 115
CHAPTER 8Domestic and International Bonds 135
Introduction to Bonds 137Descriptions of Bond Asset Classes 141
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Founded in 1807 John Wiley amp Sons is the oldest independent publish-ing company in the United States With offices in North America EuropeAustralia and Asia Wiley is globally committed to developing and market-ing print and electronic products and services for our customersrsquo professionaland personal knowledge and understanding
The Wiley Finance series contains books written specifically for financeand investment professionals as well as sophisticated individual investorsand their financial advisers Book topics range from portfolio manage-ment to e-commerce risk management financial engineering valuation andfinancial instrument analysis as well as much more
For a list of available titles visit our web site at wwwWiley Financecom
ii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
MICHAEL M POMPIAN
John Wiley amp Sons Inc
iii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Copyright Ccopy 2009 by Michael M Pompian All rights reserved
Published by John Wiley amp Sons Inc Hoboken New JerseyPublished simultaneously in Canada
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted inany form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning orotherwise except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States CopyrightAct without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization throughpayment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center Inc 222Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 648-8600 or on the webat wwwcopyrightcom Requests to the Publisher for permission should be addressed to thePermissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030(201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty While the publisher and author have used theirbest efforts in preparing this book they make no representations or warranties with respect tothe accuracy or completeness of the contents of this book and specifically disclaim any impliedwarranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be createdor extended by sales representatives or written sales materials The advice and strategiescontained herein may not be suitable for your situation You should consult with aprofessional where appropriate Neither the publisher nor author shall be liable for any loss ofprofit or any other commercial damages including but not limited to special incidentalconsequential or other damages
For general information on our other products and services or for technical support pleasecontact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (800) 762-2974 outsidethe United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears inprint may not be available in electronic books For more information about Wiley productsvisit our web site at wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Pompian Michael M 1963ndashAdvising ultra-affluent clients and family offices Michael M Pompian
p cmIncludes bibliographical references and indexISBN 978-0-470-28231-1 (cloth)
1 Rich people 2 InvestmentsndashDecision making I TitleHT635P66 20093055prime234ndashdc22
2008051561
Printed in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
iv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
To all professional adviserswho make a difference in the lives of their clients
v
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
vi
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents
Foreword xiii
Preface xv
Acknowledgments xvii
PART ONEIntroduction to Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 1
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 3
Defining the Ultra-Affluent 5Quantifying Ultra-Affluence Among Total Global Wealth 10Looking to the Future 11A World of Opportunities for Advisers 17
CHAPTER 2Understanding the Mindset of the Ultra-Affluent Client 19
Why Advising the Ultra-Affluent is Different 20What Ultra-Affluent Clients Value in an Adviser 23Building Relationships by Asking Questions and
Listening to the Answers 29Matching Client with Adviser 32Consultant Questionnaire 33Conclusion 37
CHAPTER 3Wealth Attitudes Aspirations and Investor Behavior ofUltra-Affluent Clients 39
Family Aspirations 40Wealth Attitudes of Ultra-Affluent Clients 42
vii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
viii CONTENTS
Where Psychology Meets Finance 47Investor Biases 48Conclusion 60
CHAPTER 4Noninvestment Best Practices 61
The Challenges Associated with Wealth 61Guidelines for Sustaining Multigenerational Wealth 63Conclusion 71
PART TWOInvestment Strategies for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 73
CHAPTER 5Practices of the Best Investment Organizations 75
Differences between Endowments and Private Investors 76Investment Committees 77Investment Policy Statements 82Key Considerations for Portfolio Oversight 88Conclusion 93
CHAPTER 6Asset Allocation Considerations for Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices 95
What Is Asset Allocation 96The Importance of Assumptions in the Asset Allocation
Selection Process 97The Importance of Asset Allocation 99Considerations in Asset Allocation for Individual Investors 100
CHAPTER 7Domestic and International Equity 111
Introduction to US and International Equity Securities 112The Five-Step Equity Strategy Process 115
CHAPTER 8Domestic and International Bonds 135
Introduction to Bonds 137Descriptions of Bond Asset Classes 141
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
MICHAEL M POMPIAN
John Wiley amp Sons Inc
iii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Copyright Ccopy 2009 by Michael M Pompian All rights reserved
Published by John Wiley amp Sons Inc Hoboken New JerseyPublished simultaneously in Canada
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted inany form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning orotherwise except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States CopyrightAct without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization throughpayment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center Inc 222Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 648-8600 or on the webat wwwcopyrightcom Requests to the Publisher for permission should be addressed to thePermissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030(201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty While the publisher and author have used theirbest efforts in preparing this book they make no representations or warranties with respect tothe accuracy or completeness of the contents of this book and specifically disclaim any impliedwarranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be createdor extended by sales representatives or written sales materials The advice and strategiescontained herein may not be suitable for your situation You should consult with aprofessional where appropriate Neither the publisher nor author shall be liable for any loss ofprofit or any other commercial damages including but not limited to special incidentalconsequential or other damages
For general information on our other products and services or for technical support pleasecontact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (800) 762-2974 outsidethe United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears inprint may not be available in electronic books For more information about Wiley productsvisit our web site at wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Pompian Michael M 1963ndashAdvising ultra-affluent clients and family offices Michael M Pompian
p cmIncludes bibliographical references and indexISBN 978-0-470-28231-1 (cloth)
1 Rich people 2 InvestmentsndashDecision making I TitleHT635P66 20093055prime234ndashdc22
2008051561
Printed in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
iv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
To all professional adviserswho make a difference in the lives of their clients
v
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
vi
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents
Foreword xiii
Preface xv
Acknowledgments xvii
PART ONEIntroduction to Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 1
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 3
Defining the Ultra-Affluent 5Quantifying Ultra-Affluence Among Total Global Wealth 10Looking to the Future 11A World of Opportunities for Advisers 17
CHAPTER 2Understanding the Mindset of the Ultra-Affluent Client 19
Why Advising the Ultra-Affluent is Different 20What Ultra-Affluent Clients Value in an Adviser 23Building Relationships by Asking Questions and
Listening to the Answers 29Matching Client with Adviser 32Consultant Questionnaire 33Conclusion 37
CHAPTER 3Wealth Attitudes Aspirations and Investor Behavior ofUltra-Affluent Clients 39
Family Aspirations 40Wealth Attitudes of Ultra-Affluent Clients 42
vii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
viii CONTENTS
Where Psychology Meets Finance 47Investor Biases 48Conclusion 60
CHAPTER 4Noninvestment Best Practices 61
The Challenges Associated with Wealth 61Guidelines for Sustaining Multigenerational Wealth 63Conclusion 71
PART TWOInvestment Strategies for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 73
CHAPTER 5Practices of the Best Investment Organizations 75
Differences between Endowments and Private Investors 76Investment Committees 77Investment Policy Statements 82Key Considerations for Portfolio Oversight 88Conclusion 93
CHAPTER 6Asset Allocation Considerations for Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices 95
What Is Asset Allocation 96The Importance of Assumptions in the Asset Allocation
Selection Process 97The Importance of Asset Allocation 99Considerations in Asset Allocation for Individual Investors 100
CHAPTER 7Domestic and International Equity 111
Introduction to US and International Equity Securities 112The Five-Step Equity Strategy Process 115
CHAPTER 8Domestic and International Bonds 135
Introduction to Bonds 137Descriptions of Bond Asset Classes 141
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Copyright Ccopy 2009 by Michael M Pompian All rights reserved
Published by John Wiley amp Sons Inc Hoboken New JerseyPublished simultaneously in Canada
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted inany form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning orotherwise except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States CopyrightAct without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization throughpayment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center Inc 222Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 648-8600 or on the webat wwwcopyrightcom Requests to the Publisher for permission should be addressed to thePermissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030(201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty While the publisher and author have used theirbest efforts in preparing this book they make no representations or warranties with respect tothe accuracy or completeness of the contents of this book and specifically disclaim any impliedwarranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be createdor extended by sales representatives or written sales materials The advice and strategiescontained herein may not be suitable for your situation You should consult with aprofessional where appropriate Neither the publisher nor author shall be liable for any loss ofprofit or any other commercial damages including but not limited to special incidentalconsequential or other damages
For general information on our other products and services or for technical support pleasecontact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (800) 762-2974 outsidethe United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears inprint may not be available in electronic books For more information about Wiley productsvisit our web site at wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Pompian Michael M 1963ndashAdvising ultra-affluent clients and family offices Michael M Pompian
p cmIncludes bibliographical references and indexISBN 978-0-470-28231-1 (cloth)
1 Rich people 2 InvestmentsndashDecision making I TitleHT635P66 20093055prime234ndashdc22
2008051561
Printed in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
iv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
To all professional adviserswho make a difference in the lives of their clients
v
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
vi
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents
Foreword xiii
Preface xv
Acknowledgments xvii
PART ONEIntroduction to Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 1
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 3
Defining the Ultra-Affluent 5Quantifying Ultra-Affluence Among Total Global Wealth 10Looking to the Future 11A World of Opportunities for Advisers 17
CHAPTER 2Understanding the Mindset of the Ultra-Affluent Client 19
Why Advising the Ultra-Affluent is Different 20What Ultra-Affluent Clients Value in an Adviser 23Building Relationships by Asking Questions and
Listening to the Answers 29Matching Client with Adviser 32Consultant Questionnaire 33Conclusion 37
CHAPTER 3Wealth Attitudes Aspirations and Investor Behavior ofUltra-Affluent Clients 39
Family Aspirations 40Wealth Attitudes of Ultra-Affluent Clients 42
vii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
viii CONTENTS
Where Psychology Meets Finance 47Investor Biases 48Conclusion 60
CHAPTER 4Noninvestment Best Practices 61
The Challenges Associated with Wealth 61Guidelines for Sustaining Multigenerational Wealth 63Conclusion 71
PART TWOInvestment Strategies for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 73
CHAPTER 5Practices of the Best Investment Organizations 75
Differences between Endowments and Private Investors 76Investment Committees 77Investment Policy Statements 82Key Considerations for Portfolio Oversight 88Conclusion 93
CHAPTER 6Asset Allocation Considerations for Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices 95
What Is Asset Allocation 96The Importance of Assumptions in the Asset Allocation
Selection Process 97The Importance of Asset Allocation 99Considerations in Asset Allocation for Individual Investors 100
CHAPTER 7Domestic and International Equity 111
Introduction to US and International Equity Securities 112The Five-Step Equity Strategy Process 115
CHAPTER 8Domestic and International Bonds 135
Introduction to Bonds 137Descriptions of Bond Asset Classes 141
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
To all professional adviserswho make a difference in the lives of their clients
v
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
vi
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents
Foreword xiii
Preface xv
Acknowledgments xvii
PART ONEIntroduction to Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 1
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 3
Defining the Ultra-Affluent 5Quantifying Ultra-Affluence Among Total Global Wealth 10Looking to the Future 11A World of Opportunities for Advisers 17
CHAPTER 2Understanding the Mindset of the Ultra-Affluent Client 19
Why Advising the Ultra-Affluent is Different 20What Ultra-Affluent Clients Value in an Adviser 23Building Relationships by Asking Questions and
Listening to the Answers 29Matching Client with Adviser 32Consultant Questionnaire 33Conclusion 37
CHAPTER 3Wealth Attitudes Aspirations and Investor Behavior ofUltra-Affluent Clients 39
Family Aspirations 40Wealth Attitudes of Ultra-Affluent Clients 42
vii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
viii CONTENTS
Where Psychology Meets Finance 47Investor Biases 48Conclusion 60
CHAPTER 4Noninvestment Best Practices 61
The Challenges Associated with Wealth 61Guidelines for Sustaining Multigenerational Wealth 63Conclusion 71
PART TWOInvestment Strategies for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 73
CHAPTER 5Practices of the Best Investment Organizations 75
Differences between Endowments and Private Investors 76Investment Committees 77Investment Policy Statements 82Key Considerations for Portfolio Oversight 88Conclusion 93
CHAPTER 6Asset Allocation Considerations for Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices 95
What Is Asset Allocation 96The Importance of Assumptions in the Asset Allocation
Selection Process 97The Importance of Asset Allocation 99Considerations in Asset Allocation for Individual Investors 100
CHAPTER 7Domestic and International Equity 111
Introduction to US and International Equity Securities 112The Five-Step Equity Strategy Process 115
CHAPTER 8Domestic and International Bonds 135
Introduction to Bonds 137Descriptions of Bond Asset Classes 141
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
vi
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents
Foreword xiii
Preface xv
Acknowledgments xvii
PART ONEIntroduction to Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 1
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 3
Defining the Ultra-Affluent 5Quantifying Ultra-Affluence Among Total Global Wealth 10Looking to the Future 11A World of Opportunities for Advisers 17
CHAPTER 2Understanding the Mindset of the Ultra-Affluent Client 19
Why Advising the Ultra-Affluent is Different 20What Ultra-Affluent Clients Value in an Adviser 23Building Relationships by Asking Questions and
Listening to the Answers 29Matching Client with Adviser 32Consultant Questionnaire 33Conclusion 37
CHAPTER 3Wealth Attitudes Aspirations and Investor Behavior ofUltra-Affluent Clients 39
Family Aspirations 40Wealth Attitudes of Ultra-Affluent Clients 42
vii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
viii CONTENTS
Where Psychology Meets Finance 47Investor Biases 48Conclusion 60
CHAPTER 4Noninvestment Best Practices 61
The Challenges Associated with Wealth 61Guidelines for Sustaining Multigenerational Wealth 63Conclusion 71
PART TWOInvestment Strategies for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 73
CHAPTER 5Practices of the Best Investment Organizations 75
Differences between Endowments and Private Investors 76Investment Committees 77Investment Policy Statements 82Key Considerations for Portfolio Oversight 88Conclusion 93
CHAPTER 6Asset Allocation Considerations for Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices 95
What Is Asset Allocation 96The Importance of Assumptions in the Asset Allocation
Selection Process 97The Importance of Asset Allocation 99Considerations in Asset Allocation for Individual Investors 100
CHAPTER 7Domestic and International Equity 111
Introduction to US and International Equity Securities 112The Five-Step Equity Strategy Process 115
CHAPTER 8Domestic and International Bonds 135
Introduction to Bonds 137Descriptions of Bond Asset Classes 141
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents
Foreword xiii
Preface xv
Acknowledgments xvii
PART ONEIntroduction to Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 1
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 3
Defining the Ultra-Affluent 5Quantifying Ultra-Affluence Among Total Global Wealth 10Looking to the Future 11A World of Opportunities for Advisers 17
CHAPTER 2Understanding the Mindset of the Ultra-Affluent Client 19
Why Advising the Ultra-Affluent is Different 20What Ultra-Affluent Clients Value in an Adviser 23Building Relationships by Asking Questions and
Listening to the Answers 29Matching Client with Adviser 32Consultant Questionnaire 33Conclusion 37
CHAPTER 3Wealth Attitudes Aspirations and Investor Behavior ofUltra-Affluent Clients 39
Family Aspirations 40Wealth Attitudes of Ultra-Affluent Clients 42
vii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
viii CONTENTS
Where Psychology Meets Finance 47Investor Biases 48Conclusion 60
CHAPTER 4Noninvestment Best Practices 61
The Challenges Associated with Wealth 61Guidelines for Sustaining Multigenerational Wealth 63Conclusion 71
PART TWOInvestment Strategies for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 73
CHAPTER 5Practices of the Best Investment Organizations 75
Differences between Endowments and Private Investors 76Investment Committees 77Investment Policy Statements 82Key Considerations for Portfolio Oversight 88Conclusion 93
CHAPTER 6Asset Allocation Considerations for Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices 95
What Is Asset Allocation 96The Importance of Assumptions in the Asset Allocation
Selection Process 97The Importance of Asset Allocation 99Considerations in Asset Allocation for Individual Investors 100
CHAPTER 7Domestic and International Equity 111
Introduction to US and International Equity Securities 112The Five-Step Equity Strategy Process 115
CHAPTER 8Domestic and International Bonds 135
Introduction to Bonds 137Descriptions of Bond Asset Classes 141
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
viii CONTENTS
Where Psychology Meets Finance 47Investor Biases 48Conclusion 60
CHAPTER 4Noninvestment Best Practices 61
The Challenges Associated with Wealth 61Guidelines for Sustaining Multigenerational Wealth 63Conclusion 71
PART TWOInvestment Strategies for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 73
CHAPTER 5Practices of the Best Investment Organizations 75
Differences between Endowments and Private Investors 76Investment Committees 77Investment Policy Statements 82Key Considerations for Portfolio Oversight 88Conclusion 93
CHAPTER 6Asset Allocation Considerations for Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices 95
What Is Asset Allocation 96The Importance of Assumptions in the Asset Allocation
Selection Process 97The Importance of Asset Allocation 99Considerations in Asset Allocation for Individual Investors 100
CHAPTER 7Domestic and International Equity 111
Introduction to US and International Equity Securities 112The Five-Step Equity Strategy Process 115
CHAPTER 8Domestic and International Bonds 135
Introduction to Bonds 137Descriptions of Bond Asset Classes 141
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents ix
CHAPTER 9Private Equity 159
What Is Private Equity and How Does It Work 162Three Primary Types of Private Equity Investments 166Creating a Customized Private Equity Program 172
CHAPTER 10Hedge Funds 179
What Is a Hedge Fund 180Hedge Fund Investing by UACs and Family Offices 185A History of Hedge Funds 187The Legal Environment of Hedge Funds 189Hedge Fund Strategies 191Manager Selection 202
CHAPTER 11Real Assets 203
The Portfolio Benefits of Real Assets 204Real Estate A Long-Term Inflation Hedge 205Natural Resources 210
PART THREEMultigenerational Considerations for Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices 223
CHAPTER 12Selecting an Adviser 225
Trust The Key Ingredient 226How UACs Select an Adviser 228Questions for Prospective Advisers 234Conclusion 237
CHAPTER 13Selecting a Custodian and Investment Vehicle Structure 239
Custodial Services 239Investment Vehicle Structure 250Conclusion 257
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
x CONTENTS
CHAPTER 14Considerations for Creating a Family Office 259
What is a Family Office 261Challenges of Wealth 262Practical Reasons to Create a Family Office 264Challenges of Running a Family Office 265Services Provided by a Family Office 267Administrative Considerations for Establishing a
Family Office 268Considerations for Establishing a Private Trust Company 274Conclusion 277
CHAPTER 15Wealth Transfer Planning 279
Estate Planning Basics 282Conclusion 295
PART FOURSpecial Topics for Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices 297
CHAPTER 16Concentrated Equity Risk Management 299
What Constitutes a Concentrated Equity Position 300Concentrated Stock Risk Minimization Strategies 304Conclusion 315
CHAPTER 17Family Governance 317
Generational Division 318Family Governance An Essential Part of Successful
Wealth Transfer 319The Incredible Family 320Policies 326Stages of Development 327Conclusion 328
CHAPTER 18Risk Management and Asset Protection 331
Family Office Risk Management 332
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Contents xi
Individual Family Member Risk Management 337Legal Asset Protection 341Conclusion 344
CHAPTER 19Philanthropy 345
Philanthropic Strategy Development through AskingQuestions 347
Mission Statement 348Implementation of Philanthropic Strategy 349Philanthropic Investing 352Best Practices of Giving Large Gifts to Colleges and
Universities 355Appendix The Next Generation Redefining the
Philanthropic Landscape 358
CHAPTER 20Multigenerational Asset Allocation Strategies 367
Different Asset Allocations for Different Generations 369Single Allocation for an Entire Family 370Customized Asset Allocation by Generation or Family Unit 371Asset Allocation Targeting 374The Behavioral Finance Approach to Asset Allocation 374Conclusion 375
Notes 377
Index 387
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Foreword
The global financial system is suffering from historic stress and the cracksare showing This period of time will be marked as the tipping point
for the wealth management industry even though the actual trend has beenquietly forming for years
At the center of the trend is a reevaluation of trust and a desire on thepart of clients to understand the essential nature of their financial serviceprovidersmdashand to specifically understand the providerrsquos core competenciesand how they fit into the clientrsquos overall wealth management program Inaddition to this new awareness of the business models of financial serviceproviders is recognition of the interplay between trust incentives and eco-nomic behavior
I have worked with ultra-affluent clients and family offices for manyyears first as an adviser for the last seven years as the Managing Partnerof a private association of family offices and recently as the founder of atechnology platform for wealth management content Through these expe-riences I have had the great luxury of seeing a sort-of collective conscious-ness of ultra-affluent families and their advisors Family offices in particulardue to their unique makeupmdashessentially serving as private investment hold-ing companiesmdashare often leading indicators of future trends Due to theirfinancial resources access to top advisers and ability to take action quicklyfamily offices can lead the way towards activities that become more broadlyadopted by clients and financial service providers at all levels of the wealthspectrum
And one of the most powerful trends underway within the family officeand ultra-affluent market is the separation of advice from recordkeeping andinvestment products In the standard approach clients are offered a bundledsolution whereby their wealth manager (or private bank broker investmentadviser etc) offers consolidated recordkeeping and custody advice andproprietary investment productsmdashor in some cases investment productsfrom outside partners where revenue sharing is common
Now the wealthiest clients obtain advice from independent advisers andconsultants who help assemble best-in-class investment products from aglobal spectrum of providers and then aggregate and track results through
xiii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xiv FOREWORD
dedicated master custodians Thus successful advisors to ultra-affluent fam-ilies not only need demonstrated domain expertise but a transparent busi-ness model and a willingness and ability to cooperate with multiple externaladvisers and providers
Advising Ultra-Affluent Clients and Family Offices is the first com-prehensive guidebook that succinctly lays out the separate components orbuilding blocks for structuring a sophisticated wealth management solu-tion But just as important as assembling the right financial componentsis understanding the human side of the equation This is why MichaelPompian provides such a unique perspective in Advising Ultra-AffluentClients and Family Offices Michael is the rare financial writer who is atonce a wealth management practitioner at the top of the industry he writesabout as well as a researcher and writer on human economic behavior Thesubject of his first book Behavioral Finance and Wealth Management isevidence of Michaelrsquos deep understanding of the human factors that greatlyinfluence financial outcomes
Essentially all ultra-affluent clients are trying to ensure three things longterm growth of capital with limited volatility predictable cash flows frominterest dividends rents royalties and capital gains and minimal frictionfrom taxes fees and losses The wealth holder also wants to understandwhat they own how they are doing and what they should be doing in thefuturemdashessentially requiring a balance sheet income statements and strate-gic planmdashthey also want this information and advice integrated and in realtime So planning investing and measuring become a continuous processThis is very hard to do Michael Pompian articulates a clear and insight-ful roadmap which outlines the process components and human factorsneeded to create a sustainable world-class wealth management programmdashboth advisers and wealth owners would be wise follow Michaelrsquos lead
STEPHEN MARTIROS
Managing Partner CCC AllianceFounder Summitas
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Preface
Despite the downdraft in the markets that began in 2008 an explosion inwealth has occurred in the last 25 years Many ultra-affluent individuals
and family offices need significant help preserving and growing their wealthEntrepreneurs are often very good at creating wealth but they are often notas skillful or interested in managing their wealth Moreover much of thewealth in the world will change hands over the next 25 years from moreexperienced family members to newer generations that may not be as focusedon wealth management as those generations that created it Thus there isa significant opportunity to advise ultra-affluent clients (UACs) and familyoffices now and well into the future I have a personal stake in this I aman adviser to UACs and family offices myself having been in the financialadvisory business going on two decades
I review in this book key topics that are crucial to building the skillsnecessary to effectively advising UACs especially soft issues such as fam-ily dynamics philanthropy and family governance What advisers to thisclient segment need to realize is that these soft issues are taking an equaland sometimes greater place in some cases than investments in the workthat advisers do with their clients This is especially true with third- andfourth-generation family members at this stage investing in human capi-tal (ie investing in the development and wellbeing of family members) isoften more critical to the long-term health of the family than making greatfinancial investments Wealth preservation across multiple generations is aquestion therefore of productive human behavior If proper developmentof family members is not done wealthy families can succumb to the dreadedldquoshirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generationsrdquo curse At the same timeand especially in the current environment advisers to UACs also need tohave solid investment knowledge and there are a number of chapters dedi-cated to investments such as real assets hedge funds and private equity thatUACs are broadly investing in
There are four parts to the book Part One begins with an introduc-tion to advising UACs This includes a discussion of what is consideredultra-affluent and understanding the mindset of UACsmdashtheir attitudes as-pirations and investor behavior In Part Two I discuss investment strategies
xv
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xvi PREFACE
for UAC which covers best practices of the top investment organizationsand a review of many of the alternative investments that UACs invest inPart Three delves in to key aspects of advising multigenerational familiesincluding selecting an adviser considerations for creating a family officeand selecting an investment vehicle structure Part Four covers special topicsin advising UACs that include wealth transfer family governance equityrisk management asset protection creating a philanthropic strategy anddeveloping a multigenerational asset allocation strategy A common themerunning throughout the book is the idea that UAC advisors need not beexpert in all areas of wealth management You simply cannot do it all your-self Bringing in experts to help you in critical areas as I have done in manyplaces in this book is critical for success once you have uncovered an issuethat goes beyond your level of knowledge or area of expertise
You will notice that there is little in the book about taxes Althoughtaxes are a critical subject when it comes to advising UACs there are entirebooks devoted to this subject that advisers should read and keep handyI recommend Doug Rogersrsquos book Tax-Aware Investment ManagementThe Essential Guide published by Bloomberg Another subject not coveredin the book is transitioning from a business-oriented family to a financialfamily On this subject I recommend a piece published by Family OfficeExchange in Chicago titled Managing Family Wealth Separately from theFamily Business Please feel free to email me with any comments or ques-tions mpompianhaifccom
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
Acknowledgments
Iwould like to acknowledge all the people who made this book possibleThe list is long so I hope to not leave anyone out First I thank my clients
whom I have the pleasure and responsibility to serve every day They havebeen the source of the thinking behind many parts of this volume andwithout the experience I have gained in serving them it would not have beenpossible to write the book Second I would like to thank all my colleaguesat Hammond Associates who help me to serve our private wealth clients andespecially those who helped review the book The firm contributed greatlywith investment research and keen topical insights there are simply toomany people to thank at the firm to single anyone out I also thank all of theinvestment managers with whom we work Special thanks to Hedge FundResearch Campden Research in London and Pertrac for their invaluablehelp in providing data and researching investment themes for the book
I would also like to thank all these great people John Benevides DavidLincoln and Angel Webb at Family Office Exchange (FOX) Charlotte Beyerat the Institute for Private Investors Stephen Martiros at CCC Alliance andSummitas Raffi Amit at the Wharton Global Family Alliance Lisa Grayat Graymatter Strategies who contributed to Chapters 3 and 18 DavidZell and Joel Shapiro at Timbervest who contributed to Chapter 11 JeanBrunel at Brunel Associates who provided key advice and guidance PaulPerez at Northern Trust for his review of the entire manuscript JoeGrunfeld at Merrill LynchBank of America for his key insights Brad Fisherat Springcreek Advisors who contributed to Chapter 19 Michael Lynchet al at Twenty-First Securities who contributed to Chapter 16 Marcy Hallat Hub International who contributed to Chapter 18 and Dan Rubin atMoses amp Singer who contributed to Chapter 18
In addition there are people at numerous firms across the country whohave helped elevate the investment consulting industry as a whole and chal-lenged me to be a better advisor These firms include Cambridge AssociatesGreycourt CTC Consulting and many more I thank members of the NewYork Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA) and the CFA Institute who have
xvii
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xviii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
been invaluable friends and colleagues in my career I also thank conferenceorganizers such as NMS Management Financial Research Associates (FRA)and Opal who have worked to provide venues for idea exchanges in theultra-affluent and family office space
Last but not least I thank my family for supporting me in my endeavorsmuch of what I do day in and day out is with them in mind
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
AdvisingUltra-Affluent Clients
and Family Offices
xix
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
FM JWBT069Pompian March 13 2009 130 Printer Yet to come
xx
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
PART
OneIntroduction to Advising
Ultra-Affluent Clientsand Family Offices
1
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
2
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
CHAPTER 1Who Are the Ultra-Affluent
I donrsquot believe in a law to prevent a man from getting richit would do more harm than good
mdashAbraham Lincoln
Despite the downdraft in the financial markets that began in 2008 whichhas dealt a blow to the portfolios of many ultra-affluent clients an
explosion in wealth has occurred in the world in the last 25 years Globalequity markets have performed exceptionally well since the recession ofthe early 1980s albeit with periods of volatility like the one we have seenrecently and that performance has created large numbers of ultra-affluentindividuals and families across the globe In addition a flood of money intoprivate equity over that time has created valuable new companies and helpedexisting companies grow to become even more valuable For advisers thisactivity has created a wide and vast pool of potential clients who need helpon a variety of fronts What an exciting time to be in the financial advisorybusiness
Seldom is opportunity without challenge The complexities of manag-ing wealth have never been greater Advisers to wealthy families have hadto improve their skills in order to serve their clients Family members whoare involved in managing their wealth have needed to educate themselveson topics that go well beyond investment management There are multi-ple layers of activities to manage simultaneously Ultra-affluent clients andfamily offices are now acting like institutions starting with governance poli-cies that guide the activities of the family Figure 11 shows the integratedcomplexities advisers and families alike face
If an adviser considers himself qualified to advise ultra-affluent clients(hereafter UACs) he needs to have a deep and broad skill set As youwill learn throughout this book managing wealth is about developing a
3
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
4 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Family Governance
Philanthropy Risk ManagementEducation
Wealth Transfer TaxCompliance Custodyand Accounting Cash
Management Trust andPartnership Structure
LifestyleGoals andInvestment
Policy
F IGURE 11 Multilayered Complexities ofManaging Wealth
process and only those advisers who understand both key investment andnoninvestment issuesmdashand know that they canrsquot do it all themselvesmdashwillsucceed Advisers with the skill sets to manage vast wealth properly andwithout conflicts will be the advisers of choice in the future But fret notThis chapter is intended to get you fired up If you are reading this bookyou are preparing yourself to serve clients in a dynamic segment of thefinancial services industry Serving ultra-affluent clients and family offices isa fantastic business opportunity with lots of upside potential
Many financial families particularly those not involved in running abusiness day-to-day are becoming more sophisticated in their understand-ing of investment and noninvestment issues and are fostering new attitudesand perspectives that challenge advisers to be at their best These clientsfrom around the world are in command of the language they need so theycan decipher complex wealth management concepts This is partly driven
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 5
by the proliferation of financial and nonfinancial news data and analy-ses available This information is provided not only by public news agen-cies but also through UAC networking groups by fund managers and bysophisticated legal and tax professionals who target UACs directly In theprocess of selling services to potential clients they also provide educationabout sophisticated strategies The result is that ultra-affluent clients aresometimes better informed than the people who pretend to have the skills toadvise them Clearly this is not a good situation to be in if you are holdingyourself out as an adviser to UACs
Advising ultra-affluent clients is about much more than getting an extra20 basis points return on a portfolio or creating the most efficient estateplan Itrsquos equallymdashor potentially even moremdashabout soft issues such as familygovernance and philanthropy These issues are taking an equal footing withinvestment issues for todayrsquos UACs Advisers with the ability to bring theclient a wide array of resources that serve the wide variety of needs willbe successful This book can help not only advisers wishing to take theiradvisory practice to the next level but also UACs wishing to broaden theirknowledge of key issues they face when managing their own wealth anddealing with the advisers who serve them Before we jump into advisorytopics itrsquos important that we define what we mean by a UAC There are anumber of ways to potentially define this type of client and we need to havea common understanding of the types of clients that can benefit from thebroad range of topics I cover in this book
DEF IN ING THE ULTRA-AFFLUENT
If you ask 20 advisers of wealthy clients how they define ultra-affluent youwill likely get 20 different answers to the question For the purpose of thisbook however it is important that we put some parameters around whatwe are to consider ultra-affluent as distinguished from mass-affluent orwhat I call intermediate-affluent There are numerous factors that could beconsidered to define ultra-affluent which I discuss in the next section Butfirst letrsquos establish a baseline definition
In researching various definitions of ultra-affluent I found that Pricewa-terhouseCoopersrsquos (PWC) categorization of affluent investors is as good asany that Irsquove seen it will be modified somewhat however for our purposesFigure 12 shows five categories of affluent individuals along with threedefinitions that are used throughout the book The five PWC categories areAffluent ($100000 to $500000) Wealthy ($500000 to $1 million) HighNet Worth ($1 million to $5 million) Very High Net Worth ($5 million to$50 million) and Ultra High Net Worth ($50 million and more)1 Although I
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
6 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
Ultra high networth individuals
gt $50 million
Very high net worthindividuals $5 million ndash $50 million
High net worth individuals$1 million ndash $5 million
Wealthy $500000 ndash $1 million
Affluent $100000 ndash $500000
F IGURE 12 Categories of Affluent InvestorsSource PricewaterhouseCoopers
do think this is an excellent breakdown I prefer to further simplify these cat-egories into these three mass-affluent (MA) intermediate-affluent (IA) andultra-affluent (UA) MA describes individuals with $100000 to $5 millionIA $5 million to $50 million and UA $50 million and more As a generalrule for the purpose of this book I regard a client with $50 million andmore to be UA But that definition may dip below $50 million for some con-ceptual applications and rise above $50 million for others Regarding familyoffices and the levels of wealth associated with them please see Chapter 14
You may be asking ldquoWhy $50 millionrdquo There are numerous factorsthat could be considered to define ultra-affluent Three key factors are dis-cussed next complexity of needs investment access and service model
Complexi ty of Needs
Perhaps the most intuitive definition of ultra-affluent has to do with thecomplexity of the needs of the client rather than an absolute dollar amountUACs have complicated lives and advisers who work with these types ofclients must be aware of a vast array of issues many of which are servicedby specialists (internal or external to the advisersrsquo firms) such as CPAsattorneys philanthropy advisers and so on Figure 13 shows the complexneeds of the UAC
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
Who Are the Ultra-Affluent 7
OperatingBusiness
FamilyGovernance
Philanthropy
InvestmentManagement
Technology
WealthTransferRisk
Management
LifestyleServices
BankingUA
Client
PersonalBudgeting
Taxes
F IGURE 13 Needs of Ultra-Affluent Clients
Needs such as tax compliance philanthropy and investments amongothers are typically handled by a team of professionals These professionalsmust work together either across different firms or within the same firm toservice the client MA or IA clients may not need or be willing to pay forservices that are demanded by UACsmdashbut some IA clients may have thesecomplex needs while other UACs may not Table 11 shows the types ofservices demanded by UACs compared to those that may be demanded byMA and IA clients
Investment Access
In my daily work providing investment consulting services to UACs andfamily offices my definition of ultra-affluence is actually higher than $50million I consider UACs to be those who have $100 million or more Becausethe primary service my firm offers is investment advice this definition hasmore to do with the type of investment program the client can undertake thanan absolute wealth level or the complexity of the familyrsquos needs For examplewhen considering alternative investments generally and hedge funds privateequity and private real assets in particular I consider a client to be UA if shehas the ability to directly invest in these funds or through the highest qualityfund of funds Naturally this dollar amount is open to a significant amount
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine
P1 ab P2 cd QC ef T1 g
c01 JWBT069Pompian March 6 2009 951 Printer Yet to come
8 INTRODUCTION TO ADVISING ULTRA-AFFLUENT CLIENTS AND FAMILY OFFICES
TABLE 11 Services Demanded across the Spectrum of Affluent Clients
Type of Service Mass-AffluentIntermediate-Affluent Ultra-Affluent
Investment AdviceProviders
Self-directedbrokeragebanks andfinancialplanners
Private banks andmultifamilyoffices (MFOs)
Investmentconsultants multi-and single-familyoffices (SFOs)
Philanthropy None orcommingledvehicle
Commingled orfamilyfoundation
Professionalphilanthropy
Tax Preparation Self or CPA CPA or integratedwith investmentprovider
MFO SFO orsophisticated CPAfirm
Investment Access Modest Good GreatLife Insurance Local agent or
brokerHigher-end
providerintegrated withestate plan
Intergenerationalinsurance planningby many specialists
Estate Planning Local attorney Regional ornational firm
Integrated insuranceinvestments and taxplan by manyspecialists
LifestyleConciergeServices
None Modest Extensive
of debate Yes there are some investors who have $50 million or $75 millionand are well-connected enough in the investment world that accessing thebest managers at lower minimums is not an issue And yes there are somewho might argue that $100 million is too low because the best managersin the world require a minimum of $5 millionmdashand how could a properportfolio be created with one or more managers taking up five percent ofthe total portfolio In my experience creating an outstanding portfolio ofalternative and traditional managers is certainly doable with $100 millionlowast
Nonetheless investors with $25 million to $50 million have substantialbuying power and could in some circles be considered UA
lowastIt should also be noted that clients of my firm have the ability to invest in volumeas we gain access to top managers at reduced minimums by placing large sums withthe managers we work with Any client with $100 million has the ability to hire aconsulting firm like mine